]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #7096 from keszybz/logind-session-killing
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 236 in spe:
4
5 * The modprobe.d drop-in, introduced in v235 for the bonding module,
6 has been extended to also set the dummy module option numdummies=0,
7 resolving issues with the kernel creating dummy0.
8
9 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
10 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is now
11 recommended to maintain /etc/resolv.conf as a symlink to this new
12 dynamic file. It points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53
13 resolver and it includes dynamically acquired search domains. This
14 achieves a more correct DNS resolution by software that bypasses
15 local DNS APIs (e.g. NSS).
16
17 * uaccess tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and /dev/dri/renderD*.
18 These devices now have 0666 permsions by default. /dev/dri/renderD*
19 will now be owned by the render group along with /dev/kfd.
20
21 CHANGES WITH 235:
22
23 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
24 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
25 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
26 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
27 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
28 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
29 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
30 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
31
32 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
33 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
34 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
35 used to change those values.
36
37 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
38 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
39 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
40 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
41 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
42 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
43
44 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
45 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
46 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
47 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
48
49 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
50 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
51 one top-level directory.
52
53 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
54 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
55 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
56 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
57 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
58 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
59 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
60 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
61 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
62 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
63 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
64 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
65 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
66 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
67 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
68
69 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
70 Meson-only.
71
72 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
73 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
74 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
75 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
76 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
77 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
78 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
79 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
80 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
81 acceptable to us.
82
83 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
84 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
85 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
86 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
87 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
88 requested at build time.
89
90 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
91 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
92 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
93 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
94 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
95 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
96 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
97 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
98 Type= setting which permits configuring
99 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
100
101 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
102 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
103 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
104 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
105 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
106 local frames between bridge ports.
107
108 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
109 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
110 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
111
112 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
113 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
114
115 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
116 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
117 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
118 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
119
120 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
121 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
122 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
123 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
124 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
125 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
126 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
127 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
128
129 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
130 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
131 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
132 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
133 command.)
134
135 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
136 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
137 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
138
139 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
140 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
141 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
142 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
143
144 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
145 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
146 configured, except for the credentials applied by
147 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
148 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
149 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
150 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
151 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
152 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
153 on systems where this is not supported.
154
155 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
156 sockets.
157
158 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
159 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
160 during runtime.
161
162 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
163 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
164 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
165
166 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
167 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
168 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
169
170 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
171 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
172 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
173 Following this logic, two new special targets
174 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
175 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
176 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
177
178 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
179 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
180 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
181 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
182
183 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
184 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
185 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
186 --wait".
187
188 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
189 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
190 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
191 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
192 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
193 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
194 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
195 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
196 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
197
198 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
199 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
200 containing information about the consumed resources of this
201 invocation.
202
203 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
204 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
205 processes.
206
207 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
208 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
209 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
210 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
211 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
212 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
213 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
214 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
215 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
216 systems for all five operations.
217
218 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
219 the system.
220
221 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
222 than UTC or the local timezone.
223
224 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
225 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
226 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
227 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
228 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
229 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
230 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
231 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
232
233 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
234 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
235 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
236 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
237 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
238 again.
239
240 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
241 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
242 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
243
244 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
245 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
246 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
247 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
248 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
249 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
250 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
251 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
252 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
253 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
254 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
255 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
256 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
257 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
258 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
259 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
260 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
261 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
262 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
263 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
264
265 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
266
267 CHANGES WITH 234:
268
269 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
270 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
271 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
272 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
273 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
274 summary:
275
276 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
277
278 becomes:
279
280 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
281
282 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
283 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
284 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
285 .device units.
286
287 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
288 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
289 running a systemd user instance.
290
291 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
292 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
293 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
294 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
295 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
296 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
297
298 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
299
300 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
301 (domain search list).
302
303 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
304 the Router Advertisment protocol. The new .network configuration
305 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
306 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
307 implementation of RA.
308
309 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
310 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
311 ISO date values.
312
313 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
314 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
315 devices.
316
317 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
318 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
319 option.
320
321 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
322 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
323 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
324 default yet.
325
326 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
327 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
328 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
329 SHA256SUMS files.
330
331 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
332 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
333
334 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
335
336 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
337
338 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
339 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
340
341 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
342 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
343 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
344 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
345
346 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
347 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
348 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
349 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
350 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
351 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
352 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
353 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
354 systemd-logind to be safe. See
355 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
356
357 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
358 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
359 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
360 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
361 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
362 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
363
364 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
365 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
366 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
367 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
368 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
369 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
370 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
371 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
372 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
373 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
374 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
375 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
376 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
377 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
378 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
379 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
380 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
381 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
382 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
383 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
384 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
385 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
386 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
387 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
388 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
389 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
390 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
391 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
392 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
393 Георгиевски
394
395 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
396
397 CHANGES WITH 233:
398
399 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
400 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
401 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
402 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
403 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
404 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
405 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
406 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
407 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
408
409 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
410 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
411 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
412 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
413 default selected on the configure command line
414 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
415 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
416 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
417 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
418 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
419 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
420 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
421 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
422 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
423 greatest stability and compatibility only.
424
425 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
426 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
427 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
428 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
429 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
430 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
431 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
432 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
433 further details about this.)
434
435 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
436 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
437 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
438
439 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
440 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
441
442 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
443 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
444 with 'make install-tests'.
445
446 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
447 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
448 kernel.
449
450 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
451 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
452 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
453 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
454 by the Slice= option.
455
456 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
457 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
458 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
459 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
460
461 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
462 following choices:
463
464 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
465 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
466 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
467 (h)elp
468 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
469 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
470 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
471 (y)es, execute the command
472
473 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
474 because its meaning was confusing.
475
476 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
477 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
478
479 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
480 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
481 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
482
483 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
484 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
485 state directly, without executing these commands.
486
487 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
488 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
489 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
490
491 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
492 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
493 combination with After=) have been started.
494
495 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
496 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
497 setting, and which system calls they contain.
498
499 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
500 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
501 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
502 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
503 configuration related calls.
504
505 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
506 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
507 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
508 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
509 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
510 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
511 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
512
513 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
514 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
515
516 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
517 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
518 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
519
520 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
521 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
522
523 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
524 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
525 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
526 for compatibility.
527
528 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
529 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
530
531 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
532 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
533
534 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
535 support for negative matching.
536
537 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
538
539 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
540 permitted runtime of the mount command.
541
542 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
543 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
544 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
545 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
546 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
547 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
548 removed from the drive.
549
550 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
551 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
552
553 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
554 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
555
556 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
557 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
558 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
559
560 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
561 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
562 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
563 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
564 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
565 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
566 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
567
568 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
569 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
570 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
571 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
572 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
573 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
574
575 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
576 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
577
578 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
579 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
580 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
581 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
582 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
583 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
584 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
585 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
586
587 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
588 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
589 including all control processes.
590
591 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
592 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
593 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
594
595 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
596 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
597 prefixing the source path with "+".
598
599 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
600 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
601 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
602 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
603 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
604 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
605 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
606 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
607
608 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
609 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
610 before).
611
612 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
613 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
614 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
615 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
616 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
617 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
618 the new --root-hash= command line option).
619
620 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
621 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
622 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
623 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
624 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
625 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
626 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
627 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
628 versions.
629
630 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
631 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
632 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
633 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
634 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
635 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
636 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
637 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
638 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
639 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
640 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
641 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
642 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
643 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
644 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
645 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
646 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
647 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
648 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
649 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
650 a Verity-enabled root partition.
651
652 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
653 accelerometer quirks.
654
655 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
656 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
657 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
658 ID of each service.
659
660 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
661 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
662 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
663 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
664 view.
665
666 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
667 environment variables:
668
669 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/ENVIRONMENT.md
670
671 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
672 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
673 address.
674
675 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
676 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
677 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
678
679 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
680 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
681 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
682 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
683 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
684 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
685 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
686 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
687 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
688 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
689 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
690 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
691 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
692
693 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
694 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
695 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
696
697 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
698 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
699
700 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
701 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
702 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
703 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
704 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
705
706 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
707 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
708 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
709
710 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
711 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
712
713 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
714 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
715 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
716 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
717
718 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
719 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
720 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
721 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
722 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
723 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
724 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
725 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
726 possibly even including full integrity data.
727
728 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
729 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
730 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
731 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
732 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
733
734 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
735 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
736 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
737 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
738 directly with systemd-nspawn.
739
740 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
741 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
742 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
743 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
744
745 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
746 of coredumps in reverse order.
747
748 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
749 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
750 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
751 additional informational message in its output.
752
753 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
754 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
755 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
756
757 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
758 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
759 scripting languages such as Python.
760
761 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
762 namespacing is enabled for them.
763
764 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
765 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
766 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
767 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
768 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
769 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
770
771 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
772 root key (KSK).
773
774 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
775 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
776 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
777
778 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
779 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
780 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
781 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
782 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
783 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
784 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
785 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
786 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
787 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
788 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
789 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
790 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
791 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
792 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
793 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
794 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
795 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
796 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
797 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
798 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
799 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
800 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
801 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
802 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
803 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
804 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
805 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
806 Тихонов
807
808 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
809
810 CHANGES WITH 232:
811
812 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
813 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
814 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
815 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
816 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
817 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
818
819 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
820 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
821
822 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
823 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
824 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
825
826 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
827 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
828 to be remounted read-only for a service.
829
830 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
831 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
832 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
833 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
834
835 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
836 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
837
838 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
839 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
840 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
841
842 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
843 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
844 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
845 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
846 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
847 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
848 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
849 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
850 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
851 permanent modifications to the system.
852
853 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
854 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
855 container or chroot environments.
856
857 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
858 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
859 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
860 mapped to nobody.
861
862 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
863 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
864 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
865 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
866
867 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
868 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
869
870 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
871 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
872 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
873 and the support is provisional.
874
875 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
876 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
877 unit files in the file system).
878
879 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
880 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
881 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
882 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
883 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
884 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
885 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
886 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
887 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
888 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
889 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
890 state is fixed automatically.
891
892 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
893 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
894 option.
895
896 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
897 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
898 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
899 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
900 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
901 else.
902
903 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
904 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
905 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
906 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
907 bootable on physical systems.
908
909 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
910
911 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
912 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
913 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
914 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
915 used.
916
917 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
918 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
919 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
920 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
921
922 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
923
924 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
925 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
926 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
927 of the container).
928
929 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
930 files from the specified location.
931
932 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
933 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
934 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
935 be active.
936
937 * The hardware database has been extended to support
938 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
939 trackball devices.
940
941 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
942 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
943 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
944
945 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
946 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
947 specified service binary exited.)
948
949 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
950 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
951
952 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
953 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
954 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
955 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
956 --since= and --until= options.
957
958 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
959 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
960 are automatically propagated to the container.
961
962 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
963 from a single IP address can be limited with
964 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
965 MaxConnections=.
966
967 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
968 configuration.
969
970 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
971 drop-ins.
972
973 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
974 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
975 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
976 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
977 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
978 [Link] section of .link files.
979
980 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
981 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
982 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
983 section of .netdev files.
984
985 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
986 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
987 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
988
989 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
990 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
991 .network files.
992
993 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
994 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
995 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
996 service runtime cycle.
997
998 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
999 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
1000 has been traditionally doing.
1001
1002 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
1003 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
1004 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
1005 prevent any later plugins from running.
1006
1007 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
1008 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
1009 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
1010 default of SplitMode=uid.
1011
1012 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
1013 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
1014 useful.
1015
1016 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
1017 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
1018 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
1019 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
1020 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
1021 individual namespaces.
1022
1023 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
1024 the output, as well as OS release information.
1025
1026 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
1027
1028 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
1029 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
1030 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
1031 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
1032 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
1033
1034 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
1035 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to to make a
1036 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
1037 severed.
1038
1039 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
1040 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
1041 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
1042 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
1043 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
1044 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
1045 information about exit statuses and results.
1046
1047 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
1048 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
1049 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
1050 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
1051 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
1052 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
1053
1054 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
1055
1056 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
1057 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
1058 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
1059 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
1060 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
1061 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
1062 entirely.
1063
1064 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
1065 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
1066 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
1067
1068 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
1069 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
1070 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
1071 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
1072 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
1073 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
1074 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
1075 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
1076 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
1077 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
1078 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
1079 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
1080 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
1081 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
1082 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
1083 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
1084 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
1085
1086 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
1087 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
1088 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
1089 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
1090
1091 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
1092 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
1093 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
1094 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
1095
1096 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
1097 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
1098 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
1099 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
1100 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
1101 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
1102 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
1103 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
1104 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
1105 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
1106 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
1107 fragment entirely.)
1108
1109 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
1110 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
1111 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
1112
1113 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
1114 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
1115 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
1116 FileDescriptorName= setting.
1117
1118 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
1119 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
1120 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
1121 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
1122 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
1123 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
1124
1125 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
1126 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
1127
1128 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
1129 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
1130
1131 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
1132 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
1133 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
1134 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
1135 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
1136
1137 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
1138 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
1139 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
1140 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
1141 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
1142 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
1143 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
1144 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
1145 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
1146 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
1147 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
1148 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
1149 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
1150 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
1151 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
1152 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
1153 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
1154 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
1155 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
1156 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
1157 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
1158 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
1159 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
1160 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
1161 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1162 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
1163
1164 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
1165
1166 CHANGES WITH 231:
1167
1168 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
1169 with an additional special character as first argument of the
1170 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
1171 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
1172 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
1173 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
1174 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
1175 independently.
1176
1177 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
1178 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
1179
1180 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
1181 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
1182 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
1183 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
1184 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
1185 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
1186 values.
1187
1188 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
1189 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
1190 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
1191 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
1192 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
1193
1194 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
1195 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
1196 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
1197 7:10am every day.
1198
1199 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
1200 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
1201 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
1202 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
1203 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
1204 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
1205 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
1206 available for compatibility.
1207
1208 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
1209 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
1210 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
1211 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
1212 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
1213 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
1214
1215 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
1216 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
1217 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
1218 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
1219 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
1220 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
1221 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
1222 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
1223 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
1224
1225 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
1226 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
1227 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
1228 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
1229 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
1230 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
1231 desired options.
1232
1233 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
1234 cgroupsv2.
1235
1236 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
1237 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
1238 limited to subgroups of that group.
1239
1240 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
1241 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
1242 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
1243 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
1244 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
1245 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
1246 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
1247 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
1248
1249 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
1250 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
1251 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
1252 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
1253 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
1254 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
1255 own long-running services.
1256
1257 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
1258 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
1259 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
1260 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
1261
1262 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
1263 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
1264 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
1265 propagates this notification further to the service manager
1266 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
1267 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
1268 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
1269 primitives.
1270
1271 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
1272 "terminate".
1273
1274 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
1275 link-local IPv6 addresses.
1276
1277 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
1278 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
1279 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
1280 --flush-caches".
1281
1282 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
1283 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
1284 is shown.
1285
1286 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
1287 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
1288 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
1289 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
1290 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
1291 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
1292
1293 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
1294 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
1295 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
1296 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
1297 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
1298 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
1299 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
1300 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
1301 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
1302 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
1303 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
1304 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
1305 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
1306 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
1307 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
1308 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
1309 bus API instead.
1310
1311 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
1312 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
1313 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
1314 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
1315
1316 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
1317 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
1318 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
1319 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
1320
1321 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
1322 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
1323 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
1324
1325 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
1326 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
1327
1328 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
1329 interface configuration.
1330
1331 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
1332 specifying the --force switch.
1333
1334 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
1335 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
1336 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
1337
1338 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
1339 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
1340 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
1341 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
1342 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
1343 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
1344 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
1345 to be handled.
1346
1347 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
1348 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
1349
1350 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
1351 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
1352
1353 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
1354 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
1355 of persistent symlinks for that device.
1356
1357 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
1358 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
1359
1360 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
1361 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
1362 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
1363 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
1364 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
1365 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
1366 neither API not ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1367 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
1368 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
1369 library.
1370
1371 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
1372 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
1373 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
1374 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
1375 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
1376 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
1377 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
1378 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
1379 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
1380 HACKING for details.
1381
1382 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
1383 distribution's bugtracker.
1384
1385 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
1386 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
1387 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
1388 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
1389 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
1390 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
1391 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
1392 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
1393 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
1394 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
1395 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
1396 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
1397 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
1398 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
1399 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
1400 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
1401 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
1402 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
1403 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1404
1405 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
1406
1407 CHANGES WITH 230:
1408
1409 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
1410 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
1411 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
1412 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
1413 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
1414 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
1415 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
1416 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
1417 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
1418 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
1419 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
1420 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
1421 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
1422 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
1423 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
1424 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
1425 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
1426 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
1427 applications.)
1428
1429 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
1430 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
1431 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
1432
1433 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
1434 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
1435 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
1436 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
1437 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
1438 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
1439 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
1440
1441 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
1442 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
1443 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
1444 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
1445 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
1446 command works for tmux.
1447
1448 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
1449 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
1450 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
1451 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
1452 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
1453 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
1454
1455 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
1456 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
1457
1458 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
1459 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
1460 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
1461
1462 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
1463
1464 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
1465 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
1466 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
1467 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
1468 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
1469
1470 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
1471 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
1472 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
1473 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
1474
1475 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
1476 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
1477 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
1478 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
1479 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
1480 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
1481
1482 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
1483 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
1484 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
1485
1486 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
1487 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
1488 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
1489 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
1490 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
1491 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
1492
1493 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
1494 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
1495 address.
1496
1497 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
1498 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
1499 should be emitted.
1500
1501 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
1502 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
1503 supported.
1504
1505 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
1506 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
1507 logging performance.
1508
1509 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1510 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
1511 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
1512 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
1513 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
1514 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
1515
1516 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
1517 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
1518 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
1519 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
1520
1521 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
1522 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
1523
1524 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
1525 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
1526 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
1527
1528 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
1529
1530 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
1531 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
1532 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
1533 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
1534
1535 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
1536 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
1537 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
1538 refuse to operate on such files.
1539
1540 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
1541 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
1542 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
1543
1544 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
1545 just hidden container images.
1546
1547 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
1548 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
1549
1550 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
1551 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
1552 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
1553 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
1554 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
1555 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
1556 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
1557 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
1558 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
1559 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
1560 been changed to use this functionality by default.
1561
1562 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
1563 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
1564 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
1565 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
1566 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
1567 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
1568 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
1569 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
1570 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
1571 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
1572 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
1573 terminates.
1574
1575 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
1576 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
1577 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
1578 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
1579
1580 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
1581 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
1582 rate of the socket unit.
1583
1584 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
1585 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
1586 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
1587 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
1588 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
1589
1590 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
1591 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
1592 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
1593 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
1594 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
1595 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
1596 with this.
1597
1598 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
1599 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
1600
1601 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
1602 merged into the kernel in its current form.
1603
1604 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
1605 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
1606 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
1607 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
1608 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
1609
1610 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
1611 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
1612 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
1613
1614 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
1615 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
1616 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
1617 target is now included in early userspace.
1618
1619 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
1620 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
1621 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
1622 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
1623 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
1624 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
1625 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
1626 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
1627 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
1628 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
1629 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
1630 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
1631 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
1632 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
1633 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
1634 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
1635 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
1636 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
1637 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
1638 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1639 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
1640 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
1641 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
1642 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
1643 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1644 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1645
1646 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
1647
1648 CHANGES WITH 229:
1649
1650 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
1651 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
1652 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
1653 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
1654 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
1655 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
1656 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
1657 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
1658 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
1659 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
1660 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
1661 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
1662 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
1663
1664 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
1665 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
1666 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
1667 /usr/bin.
1668
1669 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
1670 devices.
1671
1672 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
1673 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
1674 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
1675 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
1676 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
1677 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
1678 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
1679 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
1680 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
1681 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
1682 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
1683 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
1684 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
1685 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
1686 this limit.
1687
1688 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
1689 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
1690 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
1691 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
1692 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
1693 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
1694 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
1695 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
1696
1697 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
1698 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
1699 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
1700 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
1701 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
1702 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
1703 and group at package installation time.
1704
1705 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
1706 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
1707 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
1708 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
1709 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
1710
1711 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
1712 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
1713 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
1714 supports it.
1715
1716 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
1717 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
1718
1719 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
1720 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
1721 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
1722 file is already initialized.
1723
1724 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
1725 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
1726 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
1727 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
1728 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
1729 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
1730 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
1731 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
1732 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
1733
1734 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
1735 working directory for the process started in the container.
1736
1737 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
1738 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
1739 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
1740 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
1741 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
1742
1743 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1744 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
1745 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
1746
1747 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
1748 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
1749 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
1750 sd_journal_restart_fields().
1751
1752 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
1753 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
1754 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
1755 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
1756 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
1757
1758 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
1759 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
1760 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
1761 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
1762
1763 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
1764 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
1765 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
1766 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
1767 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
1768 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
1769 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
1770 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
1771 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
1772 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
1773 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
1774 by PID 1.
1775
1776 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
1777 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
1778 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
1779 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
1780 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
1781 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
1782 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
1783 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
1784
1785 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
1786
1787 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
1788 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
1789 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
1790
1791 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
1792 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
1793 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
1794 recent kernels.
1795
1796 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
1797 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
1798
1799 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
1800 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
1801 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
1802 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
1803 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
1804 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
1805 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
1806 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
1807 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
1808 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
1809 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
1810 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
1811 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
1812
1813 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
1814 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
1815 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
1816 clusters or larger setups.
1817
1818 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
1819
1820 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
1821 sockets.
1822
1823 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
1824
1825 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
1826 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
1827 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
1828 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
1829 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
1830 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
1831
1832 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
1833 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
1834 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
1835
1836 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
1837 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
1838 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
1839 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
1840
1841 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
1842
1843 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
1844 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
1845 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
1846 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
1847 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
1848 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
1849 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
1850 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
1851 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
1852 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
1853 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
1854 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1855 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
1856 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
1857 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
1858 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
1859 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
1860 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
1861 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1862
1863 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
1864
1865 CHANGES WITH 228:
1866
1867 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
1868 files are now also available as properties to set when
1869 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
1870 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
1871 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
1872 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
1873 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
1874 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
1875 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
1876
1877 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
1878 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
1879 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
1880
1881 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
1882 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
1883 created transiently.
1884
1885 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
1886 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
1887 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
1888 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
1889 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
1890 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
1891 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
1892 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
1893
1894 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
1895 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
1896 disk and sync the files, before returning.
1897
1898 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
1899 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
1900 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
1901 enabled.
1902
1903 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
1904 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
1905 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
1906 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
1907 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
1908 subvolumes.
1909
1910 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
1911 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
1912
1913 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
1914 individual indexes.
1915
1916 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
1917 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
1918 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
1919 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
1920 suffixes now.
1921
1922 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
1923 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
1924 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
1925 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
1926 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
1927 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
1928 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
1929 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
1930 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
1931 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
1932 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
1933 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
1934 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
1935 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
1936 number of processes or tasks each user may own
1937 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
1938 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
1939 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
1940 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
1941 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
1942 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
1943
1944 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
1945 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
1946 links between the host and the container.
1947
1948 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
1949 added that allows importing select environment variables
1950 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
1951 the service.
1952
1953 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
1954 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
1955 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
1956 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
1957 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
1958 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
1959 than until they first elapse.
1960
1961 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
1962 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
1963 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
1964 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
1965 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
1966 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
1967 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
1968 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
1969
1970 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
1971 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
1972 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
1973 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
1974 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
1975 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
1976 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
1977 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
1978 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
1979 journal and in coredump handling.
1980
1981 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
1982 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
1983 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
1984 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
1985 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
1986 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
1987 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
1988 software you package still references it, as this is a
1989 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
1990 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
1991
1992 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
1993
1994 Note that only util-linux versions built with
1995 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
1996
1997 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
1998 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
1999 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
2000
2001 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
2002 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
2003 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
2004 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
2005 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
2006 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
2007 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
2008 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
2009 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
2010 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
2011 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
2012 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
2013 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
2014 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
2015 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
2016 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
2017
2018 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
2019 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
2020 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
2021 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
2022 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
2023 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
2024 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
2025 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
2026 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
2027 surprises.
2028
2029 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
2030 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
2031 to the various user database fields of the user that the
2032 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
2033 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
2034 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
2035 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
2036 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
2037 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
2038 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
2039 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
2040 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
2041 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
2042 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
2043 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
2044 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
2045 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
2046 of PID 1 is the root user).
2047
2048 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
2049 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
2050 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2051 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
2052 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2053 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
2054 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2055 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
2056 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
2057 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
2058 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
2059 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
2060 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
2061 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
2062 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2063
2064 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
2065
2066 CHANGES WITH 227:
2067
2068 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
2069 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
2070 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
2071
2072 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
2073 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
2074 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
2075 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
2076 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
2077 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
2078
2079 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
2080 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
2081 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
2082 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
2083 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
2084
2085 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
2086 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
2087 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
2088 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
2089 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
2090 packets on unestablished sockets.
2091
2092 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
2093 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
2094 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
2095 automatically.
2096
2097 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
2098 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
2099 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
2100
2101 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
2102 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
2103 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
2104 for disk IO.
2105
2106 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
2107 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
2108 removed.
2109
2110 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
2111 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
2112 directory is set to the home directory of the user
2113 configured in User=.
2114
2115 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
2116 directory of the selected user by default.
2117
2118 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
2119 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
2120 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
2121 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
2122 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
2123 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
2124 compat reasons.
2125
2126 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
2127 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
2128 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
2129 units.
2130
2131 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
2132 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
2133 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
2134 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
2135 level.
2136
2137 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
2138 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
2139 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
2140 namespaces work correctly.
2141
2142 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
2143 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
2144 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
2145 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
2146 activation.
2147
2148 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
2149 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
2150 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
2151 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
2152 system instance in a container.
2153
2154 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
2155 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
2156 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
2157 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
2158 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
2159 connections.
2160
2161 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
2162 show the control groups within a certain container only.
2163
2164 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
2165 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
2166 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
2167 processes attached, or similar.
2168
2169 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
2170 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
2171 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
2172
2173 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
2174 specifiers like %i or %f.
2175
2176 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
2177 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
2178 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
2179 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
2180
2181 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
2182 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
2183 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
2184 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
2185 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
2186 descriptors using sd_notify().
2187
2188 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
2189
2190 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
2191 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
2192
2193 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
2194 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
2195
2196 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
2197 .network files.
2198
2199 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
2200 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
2201 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
2202 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
2203 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
2204 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
2205 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
2206 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
2207 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
2208 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
2209 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
2210 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
2211 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
2212 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
2213 gdm-autologin is used.
2214
2215 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
2216 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
2217 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
2218 next to the image file.
2219
2220 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
2221 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
2222 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
2223 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
2224
2225 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
2226 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
2227 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
2228 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
2229 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
2230 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
2231
2232 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
2233 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
2234 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
2235 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
2236 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
2237 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
2238 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
2239 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
2240 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
2241 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
2242 number of files in place.
2243
2244 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
2245 on kernels where that is supported.
2246
2247 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
2248
2249 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
2250 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
2251 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
2252 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2253 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
2254 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
2255 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
2256 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
2257 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
2258 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
2259 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
2260 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
2261 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
2262 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
2263 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
2264 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2265 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
2266 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
2267
2268 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
2269
2270 CHANGES WITH 226:
2271
2272 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
2273 new features:
2274
2275 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
2276 information. It may be enabled and configured via
2277 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
2278 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
2279 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
2280 is any) is propagated.
2281
2282 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
2283 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
2284 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
2285 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
2286 information is enabled between host and containers by
2287 default now: the container will change its local timezone
2288 to what the host has set.
2289
2290 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
2291 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
2292
2293 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
2294 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
2295 information back, even if the server loses state.
2296
2297 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
2298 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
2299 PoolSize=.
2300
2301 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
2302 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
2303 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
2304 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
2305
2306 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
2307 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
2308 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
2309 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
2310 'dbus-daemon' systems.
2311
2312 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
2313 for virtio devices.
2314
2315 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
2316 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
2317 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
2318 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
2319 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
2320 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
2321 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
2322 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
2323 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
2324 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
2325 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
2326 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
2327 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
2328 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
2329 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
2330 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
2331 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
2332 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
2333 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
2334 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
2335 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
2336 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
2337 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
2338 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
2339 grants them.
2340
2341 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
2342 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
2343 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
2344 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
2345 group tree.
2346
2347 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
2348 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
2349 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
2350 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
2351 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
2352 work correctly in containers now.
2353
2354 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
2355 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
2356
2357 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
2358 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
2359 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
2360 function call is particularly useful when implementing
2361 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
2362
2363 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
2364 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
2365 signal events.
2366
2367 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
2368 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
2369 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
2370 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
2371 on these parameters.
2372
2373 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
2374 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
2375 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
2376 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
2377 nspawn command line.
2378
2379 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
2380 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
2381 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
2382 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
2383 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
2384 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
2385 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2386 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
2387
2388 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
2389
2390 CHANGES WITH 225:
2391
2392 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
2393 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
2394 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
2395 shell directly without prompting for username or
2396 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
2397 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
2398 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
2399 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
2400 the originating session.
2401
2402 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
2403 options and allows other programs to query the values.
2404
2405 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
2406 longer enforced with this release. The previous
2407 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
2408 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
2409 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
2410 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
2411 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
2412 this release.
2413
2414 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
2415 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
2416 messages.
2417
2418 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
2419 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
2420 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
2421
2422 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
2423 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
2424
2425 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
2426 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
2427 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
2428 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
2429 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
2430 posteriori.
2431
2432 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
2433 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
2434
2435 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
2436 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
2437 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
2438 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
2439 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
2440 "lastlog" tools.
2441
2442 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
2443 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
2444 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
2445 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
2446 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
2447
2448 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
2449 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
2450 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
2451 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2452 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
2453 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
2454 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
2455 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
2456 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
2457 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
2458 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
2459 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2460
2461 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
2462
2463 CHANGES WITH 224:
2464
2465 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
2466 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
2467
2468 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
2469 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
2470 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
2471
2472 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
2473 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
2474 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
2475
2476 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
2477
2478 CHANGES WITH 223:
2479
2480 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
2481 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
2482 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
2483 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2484
2485 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
2486 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
2487
2488 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
2489 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
2490
2491 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
2492
2493 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
2494 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
2495 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
2496
2497 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
2498 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
2499 decapsulated packet.
2500
2501 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
2502 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
2503 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
2504 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
2505 netlink attribute.
2506
2507 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
2508 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
2509 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
2510 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
2511
2512 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
2513 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
2514 according to RFC2460.
2515
2516 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
2517 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
2518
2519 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
2520 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
2521 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
2522
2523 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
2524 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
2525 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
2526 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
2527 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
2528 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
2529
2530 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
2531 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2532 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
2533 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2534 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
2535 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
2536 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
2537 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
2538 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
2539 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2540
2541 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
2542
2543 CHANGES WITH 222:
2544
2545 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
2546 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
2547 or should be used to work around such bugs.
2548
2549 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
2550 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
2551
2552 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
2553 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
2554 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
2555 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
2556 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
2557
2558 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
2559 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
2560 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
2561
2562 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
2563 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
2564 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
2565 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
2566 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
2567
2568 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2569
2570 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
2571 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
2572 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
2573 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
2574 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
2575 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
2576 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
2577 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2578 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2579 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2580
2581 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
2582
2583 CHANGES WITH 221:
2584
2585 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
2586 stable and have been added to the official interface of
2587 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
2588 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
2589 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
2590 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
2591 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
2592 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
2593 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
2594 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
2595 portable to other kernels.
2596
2597 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
2598 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
2599 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
2600 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
2601 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
2602 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
2603 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
2604 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
2605 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
2606 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
2607 systemd enabled.
2608
2609 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
2610 2.26.
2611
2612 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
2613 favor of calling an abstraction tool
2614 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
2615 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
2616 in README for details.
2617
2618 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
2619 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
2620 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
2621 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
2622 unit.
2623
2624 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
2625 into man pages.
2626
2627 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
2628 external project.
2629
2630 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
2631 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
2632
2633 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
2634 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
2635 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
2636 state.
2637
2638 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
2639 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
2640 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
2641
2642 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
2643 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
2644 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
2645 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
2646 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
2647 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
2648 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
2649 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
2650 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
2651 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2652 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
2653 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
2654 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
2655 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2656 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
2657 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2658
2659 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
2660
2661 CHANGES WITH 220:
2662
2663 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
2664 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
2665 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
2666 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
2667 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
2668 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
2669 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
2670 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
2671
2672 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
2673 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
2674 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
2675 service consumed). This value is only available if
2676 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
2677 in the "systemctl status" output.
2678
2679 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
2680 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
2681 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
2682 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
2683 previously was already the default behaviour).
2684
2685 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
2686 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
2687 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
2688
2689 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
2690 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
2691 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
2692 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
2693
2694 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
2695 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
2696 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
2697 journalling file systems that support external journal
2698 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
2699 systems to be mounted.
2700
2701 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
2702 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
2703 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
2704 stable release this should not be problematic.
2705
2706 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
2707 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
2708 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
2709 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
2710 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
2711
2712 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
2713 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
2714 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
2715 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
2716 network switches.
2717
2718 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
2719 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
2720
2721 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
2722 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
2723 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
2724
2725 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
2726
2727 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
2728 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
2729 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
2730 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
2731 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
2732 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
2733 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
2734 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
2735 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
2736 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
2737 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
2738 been fixed in v220.
2739
2740 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
2741 systemd-networkd.
2742
2743 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
2744 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
2745 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
2746 containers started from the command line.
2747
2748 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
2749 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
2750
2751 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
2752 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
2753 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
2754 indirection via a pseudo tty.
2755
2756 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
2757 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
2758 when shutting down.
2759
2760 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
2761 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
2762 overlayfs support.
2763
2764 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
2765 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
2766 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
2767 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
2768 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
2769 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
2770 images are imported via systemd-importd.
2771
2772 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
2773 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
2774 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
2775
2776 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
2777 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
2778 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
2779 of v1 as before).
2780
2781 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
2782 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
2783
2784 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
2785 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
2786 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
2787 their own sessions without further privileges or
2788 authorization.
2789
2790 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
2791 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
2792 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
2793 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
2794 accessible via a bus interface.
2795
2796 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
2797 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
2798 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
2799 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
2800 to cover this functionality.
2801
2802 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
2803 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
2804 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
2805 disabled/masked also stopped.
2806
2807 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
2808 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
2809 updated to support systemd-boot.
2810
2811 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
2812 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
2813 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
2814 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
2815 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
2816 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
2817 like this and can extract OS release information from them
2818 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
2819 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
2820
2821 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
2822 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
2823 system.
2824
2825 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
2826 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
2827 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
2828 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
2829 device symlinks.
2830
2831 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
2832 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
2833 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
2834 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
2835
2836 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
2837 stick devices has been added.
2838
2839 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
2840 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
2841
2842 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
2843 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
2844 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
2845 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
2846 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
2847
2848 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
2849 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
2850 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
2851
2852 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
2853 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
2854 Debian.
2855
2856 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
2857 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
2858 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
2859
2860 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
2861 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
2862 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
2863 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
2864 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
2865 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
2866 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
2867 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2868 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
2869 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
2870 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2871 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
2872 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
2873 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
2874 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
2875 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
2876 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
2877 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
2878 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
2879 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
2880 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
2881 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
2882 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
2883 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
2884 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
2885 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
2886 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2887
2888 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
2889
2890 CHANGES WITH 219:
2891
2892 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
2893 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
2894 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
2895 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
2896 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
2897 interface with and update the database.
2898
2899 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
2900 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
2901 before bytewise copying is done.
2902
2903 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
2904 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
2905 directory, and immediately removed when the container
2906 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
2907 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
2908 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
2909 for starting a container off the root file system of the
2910 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
2911 available on btrfs file systems.
2912
2913 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
2914 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
2915 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
2916 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
2917 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
2918 systems.
2919
2920 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
2921 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
2922 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
2923 mount point remains.
2924
2925 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
2926 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
2927 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
2928 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
2929 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
2930 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
2931 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
2932 are disabled.
2933
2934 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
2935 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
2936 container to the host or vice versa.
2937
2938 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
2939 mount host directories into local containers. This is
2940 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
2941
2942 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
2943 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
2944
2945 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
2946 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
2947 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
2948 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
2949 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
2950 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
2951 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
2952 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
2953 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
2954 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
2955 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
2956 make the functionality of importd available to the
2957 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
2958 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
2959 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
2960 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
2961 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
2962 only fully supported on btrfs.
2963
2964 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
2965 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
2966 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
2967 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
2968 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
2969 information about images.
2970
2971 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
2972 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
2973 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
2974 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
2975 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
2976 legacy file systems).
2977
2978 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
2979 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
2980 shown in networkctl output.
2981
2982 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
2983 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
2984 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
2985 processes as system services while interactively
2986 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
2987 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
2988 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
2989 full login session, the difference being that the former
2990 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
2991 setup.
2992
2993 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
2994 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
2995 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
2996 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
2997 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
2998
2999 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
3000 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
3001 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
3002 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
3003 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
3004 via qemu/kvm.
3005
3006 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
3007 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
3008 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
3009 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
3010 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
3011 disk images, too.
3012
3013 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
3014 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
3015 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
3016 integrate with that.
3017
3018 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
3019 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
3020 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
3021 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
3022
3023 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
3024 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
3025 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
3026
3027 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
3028 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
3029 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
3030 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
3031 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
3032 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
3033 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
3034 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
3035 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
3036 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
3037
3038 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
3039 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
3040 files.
3041
3042 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
3043 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
3044 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
3045 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
3046 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
3047 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
3048 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
3049 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
3050 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
3051 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
3052 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
3053 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
3054 explicitly turned on.
3055
3056 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
3057 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
3058 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
3059 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
3060
3061 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
3062 supported.
3063
3064 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
3065 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
3066 user/session following the status output. Similar,
3067 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
3068 associated with a virtual machine or container
3069 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
3070 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
3071 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
3072 output however.)
3073
3074 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
3075 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
3076 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
3077 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
3078 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
3079 caller's session/user.
3080
3081 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
3082 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
3083 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
3084 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
3085 user services.
3086
3087 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
3088 same way as unit files.
3089
3090 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
3091 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
3092 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
3093 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
3094 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
3095 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
3096 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
3097 the host.
3098
3099 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
3100 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
3101 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
3102 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
3103 the host as if their services were running directly on the
3104 host.
3105
3106 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
3107 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
3108 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
3109 updated to make use of it too by default.
3110
3111 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
3112 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
3113 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
3114 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
3115
3116 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
3117 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
3118 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
3119 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
3120 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
3121 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
3122 modification.
3123
3124 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
3125 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
3126 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
3127 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
3128 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
3129 information about Touchpad types.
3130
3131 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
3132 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
3133
3134 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
3135 Policy link field.
3136
3137 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
3138 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
3139
3140 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
3141 ACLs on files.
3142
3143 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
3144 tmpfs, automatically.
3145
3146 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
3147 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
3148 status" output, if available.
3149
3150 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
3151 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
3152 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
3153 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
3154 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
3155 run on next reboot.
3156
3157 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
3158 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
3159 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
3160 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
3161 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
3162 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
3163 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
3164
3165 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
3166 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
3167 after a configurable timeout.
3168
3169 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
3170 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
3171 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
3172 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
3173 it non-idle.
3174
3175 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
3176 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
3177
3178 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
3179 each .network interface in networkd.
3180
3181 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
3182 in .network files.
3183
3184 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
3185 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
3186
3187 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
3188 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
3189 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
3190 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
3191 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
3192 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
3193 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
3194 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
3195 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
3196 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
3197 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
3198 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3199 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
3200 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
3201 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
3202 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
3203 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
3204 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
3205 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
3206 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3207 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
3208 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
3209 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
3210 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3211
3212 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
3213
3214 CHANGES WITH 218:
3215
3216 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
3217 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
3218 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
3219 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
3220
3221 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
3222 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
3223 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
3224 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
3225 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
3226
3227 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
3228
3229 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
3230 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
3231 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
3232 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
3233 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
3234 modified configuration after editing.
3235
3236 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
3237 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
3238 system preset files.
3239
3240 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
3241 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
3242 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
3243 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
3244 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
3245 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
3246 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
3247 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
3248 other contexts.
3249
3250 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
3251 inhibitors.
3252
3253 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
3254 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
3255 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
3256 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
3257 managers.
3258
3259 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
3260 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
3261 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
3262 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
3263 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
3264 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
3265 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
3266 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
3267 parallel to journald.
3268
3269 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
3270 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
3271 available.
3272
3273 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
3274 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
3275 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
3276 or are not older than the specified time.
3277
3278 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
3279 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
3280 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
3281 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
3282
3283 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
3284 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
3285 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
3286 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
3287 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
3288 communication.
3289
3290 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
3291 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
3292 services.
3293
3294 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
3295 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
3296 including their signature and values. This is particularly
3297 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
3298 the new "busctl tree" command.
3299
3300 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
3301 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
3302 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
3303 friendly way.
3304
3305 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
3306 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
3307 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
3308 race-ful way.
3309
3310 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
3311 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
3312 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
3313 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
3314 --link-journal=try-guest.
3315
3316 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
3317 stable MAC addresses.
3318
3319 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
3320 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
3321 the respective unit shall use.
3322
3323 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
3324 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
3325 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
3326 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
3327
3328 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
3329 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
3330 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
3331 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
3332 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
3333 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
3334
3335 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
3336 details see:
3337
3338 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
3339
3340 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
3341 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
3342 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
3343 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
3344 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
3345 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
3346 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
3347 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
3348 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
3349 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
3350 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
3351 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
3352
3353 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
3354 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
3355 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
3356 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
3357 bluetooth, ...) is used.
3358
3359 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
3360 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
3361 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
3362 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
3363 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
3364 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
3365 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
3366 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
3367
3368 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
3369 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
3370 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
3371 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
3372 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
3373 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
3374 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
3375 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
3376 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
3377 interface.
3378
3379 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
3380 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
3381 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
3382 luks.name= argument.
3383
3384 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
3385 (this was previously already available for scope and service
3386 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
3387 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
3388 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
3389 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
3390
3391 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
3392 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
3393 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
3394
3395 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
3396 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
3397 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
3398 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
3399 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
3400 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
3401 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
3402 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
3403 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
3404 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
3405 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
3406 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
3407 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
3408 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
3409 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
3410 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
3411 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
3412 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3413
3414 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
3415
3416 CHANGES WITH 217:
3417
3418 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
3419 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
3420 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
3421 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
3422
3423 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
3424 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
3425 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
3426 now waits until the operation is complete.
3427
3428 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
3429 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
3430 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
3431 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
3432 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
3433 connection.
3434
3435 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
3436 commands anymore.
3437
3438 * User units are now loaded also from
3439 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
3440 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
3441 supported, but is under the control of the user.
3442
3443 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
3444 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
3445 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
3446 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
3447 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
3448 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
3449 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
3450 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
3451 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
3452 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
3453 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
3454 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
3455 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
3456 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
3457 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
3458 question.
3459
3460 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
3461 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
3462 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
3463
3464 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
3465 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
3466 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
3467 command line to trigger resume.
3468
3469 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
3470 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
3471 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
3472 Desktop=systemd-console.
3473
3474 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
3475 systemd-networkd.
3476
3477 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
3478 from the information provided by the networking stack
3479 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
3480
3481 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
3482 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
3483
3484 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
3485 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
3486 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
3487
3488 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
3489
3490 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
3491 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
3492 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
3493 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
3494 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
3495 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
3496
3497 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
3498 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
3499 respected.
3500
3501 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
3502 virtualization.
3503
3504 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
3505 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
3506 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
3507 on.
3508
3509 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
3510
3511 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
3512
3513 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
3514 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
3515 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
3516 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
3517 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
3518 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
3519 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
3520
3521 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
3522 available for service units, that allows locking all service
3523 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
3524 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
3525 from the service's view entirely.
3526
3527 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
3528 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
3529
3530 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
3531 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
3532 session.
3533
3534 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
3535 legacy-free systems.
3536
3537 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
3538 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
3539 easily.
3540
3541 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
3542 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
3543 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
3544 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
3545 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
3546 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
3547 option.
3548
3549 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
3550 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
3551 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
3552 /usr.
3553
3554 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
3555 services, not only the main process.
3556
3557 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
3558 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
3559 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
3560 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
3561 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
3562
3563 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
3564 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
3565 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
3566 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
3567 directly from now on, again.
3568
3569 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
3570 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
3571 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
3572 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
3573 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
3574 unit file enabling and disabling.
3575
3576 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
3577 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
3578 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
3579 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
3580 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
3581 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
3582 unnecessary or unlikely.
3583
3584 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
3585 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
3586 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
3587 "anually", "hourly", ...).
3588
3589 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
3590 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
3591 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
3592 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
3593 overwritten at runtime.
3594
3595 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
3596 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
3597 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
3598 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
3599 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
3600 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
3601 segmentation fault.
3602
3603 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
3604 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
3605 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
3606 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
3607 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
3608 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
3609 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
3610 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
3611 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
3612 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
3613 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
3614 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3615 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
3616 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
3617 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
3618 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
3619 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
3620 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
3621 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3622 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3623 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
3624 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3625
3626 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
3627
3628 CHANGES WITH 216:
3629
3630 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
3631 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
3632 implementations should add a
3633
3634 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
3635
3636 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
3637 default functionality.
3638
3639 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
3640 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
3641 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
3642 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
3643 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
3644 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
3645 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
3646 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
3647 files might need to be owned by them. A new
3648 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
3649 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
3650 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
3651 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
3652
3653 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
3654 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
3655 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
3656 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
3657 expected to be added eventually, too.
3658
3659 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
3660 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
3661 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
3662 new command to update these fields.
3663
3664 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
3665 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
3666 have been discovered via DHCP.
3667
3668 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
3669 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
3670 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
3671 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
3672 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
3673 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
3674 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
3675 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
3676 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
3677 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
3678 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
3679 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
3680 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
3681 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
3682 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
3683 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
3684 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
3685 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
3686 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
3687 implementation to systemd-resolved.
3688
3689 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
3690 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
3691 containers to their respective IP addresses.
3692
3693 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
3694 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
3695 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
3696 and present it to the user in a very friendly
3697 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
3698 control utility for networkd.
3699
3700 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
3701 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
3702 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
3703 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
3704 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
3705 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
3706 (NoDelay=).
3707
3708 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
3709 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
3710
3711 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
3712 be started only after time-sync.target has been
3713 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
3714 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
3715 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
3716 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
3717
3718 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
3719 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
3720 of the link.
3721
3722 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
3723 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
3724
3725 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
3726 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
3727
3728 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
3729 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
3730 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
3731 for DHCP.
3732
3733 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
3734 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
3735 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
3736 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
3737 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
3738 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
3739 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
3740 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
3741
3742 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
3743 validation of unit files.
3744
3745 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
3746 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
3747 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
3748 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
3749 address may now be configured.
3750
3751 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
3752 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
3753 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
3754 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
3755
3756 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
3757 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
3758
3759 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
3760 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
3761 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
3762 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
3763
3764 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
3765 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
3766 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
3767 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
3768 implementation.
3769
3770 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
3771 journal data to a remote system running
3772 systemd-journal-remote.
3773
3774 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
3775 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
3776 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
3777 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
3778 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
3779 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
3780 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
3781 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
3782 version, you have to turn this option on again
3783 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
3784
3785 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
3786 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
3787 better than XZ which was the previous default.
3788
3789 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
3790 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
3791
3792 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
3793 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
3794
3795 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
3796 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
3797 "systemctl status" output for a service.
3798
3799 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
3800 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
3801 hostname, root password) interactively on first
3802 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
3803 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
3804
3805 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
3806
3807 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
3808
3809 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
3810 when primary addresses are removed.
3811
3812 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
3813 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
3814 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
3815 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
3816 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
3817 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
3818 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3819 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3820 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
3821 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
3822 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
3823 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
3824 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
3825 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
3826 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3827
3828 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
3829
3830 CHANGES WITH 215:
3831
3832 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
3833 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
3834 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
3835 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
3836 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
3837 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
3838 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
3839 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
3840 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
3841 require.
3842
3843 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
3844 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
3845
3846 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
3847 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
3848 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
3849 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
3850 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
3851 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
3852 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
3853
3854 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
3855 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
3856 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
3857 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
3858 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
3859 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
3860 update or reset should use this condition and order
3861 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
3862 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
3863 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
3864 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
3865 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
3866 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
3867 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
3868 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
3869 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
3870
3871 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
3872
3873 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
3874 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
3875 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
3876 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
3877
3878 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
3879 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
3880 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
3881 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
3882 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
3883 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
3884 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
3885 .network files using settings of this section should be
3886 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
3887 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
3888
3889 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
3890 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
3891
3892 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
3893 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
3894 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
3895 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
3896 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
3897 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
3898 of nspawn instances.
3899
3900 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
3901 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
3902 added.
3903
3904 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
3905 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
3906 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
3907 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
3908 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
3909 configuration stored in /etc.
3910
3911 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
3912 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
3913 parsing of unknown mount options.
3914
3915 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
3916 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
3917 it already exist and not already be the correct
3918 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
3919 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
3920 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
3921 pre-existing files of different types.
3922
3923 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
3924 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
3925 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
3926 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
3927 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
3928 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
3929 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
3930
3931 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
3932 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
3933 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
3934 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
3935 shall be executed.
3936
3937 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
3938 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
3939 example whether it is fully up and running.
3940
3941 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
3942 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
3943 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
3944 reset.
3945
3946 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
3947 most basic services systemd ships by default.
3948
3949 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
3950 field for defining the default instance to create if a
3951 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
3952
3953 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
3954 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
3955 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
3956
3957 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
3958 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
3959 access to this group.
3960
3961 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
3962 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
3963 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
3964 to the journal.
3965
3966 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
3967 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
3968 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
3969 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
3970 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
3971 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
3972
3973 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
3974 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
3975 that makes sure to only show information about the most
3976 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
3977 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
3978 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
3979 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
3980 the old name to the new name.
3981
3982 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
3983 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
3984 coredumpctl without restrictions.
3985
3986 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
3987 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
3988 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
3989 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
3990 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
3991 "systemd-debug-generator".
3992
3993 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
3994 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
3995 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
3996 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
3997 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
3998 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
3999 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
4000 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
4001 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
4002 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
4003 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
4004
4005 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
4006 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
4007 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
4008 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
4009 been added to query many of these paths for the local
4010 machine and user.
4011
4012 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
4013 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
4014 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
4015 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
4016 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
4017
4018 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
4019 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
4020 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
4021 couple of drop-in directories.
4022
4023 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
4024 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
4025 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
4026 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
4027 for dev_port.
4028
4029 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
4030 container (read from /etc/os-release and
4031 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
4032 "machinectl status" for a machine.
4033
4034 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
4035 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
4036 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
4037 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
4038 Restart= setting.
4039
4040 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
4041 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
4042 directly connect to a specific container on the
4043 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
4044 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
4045 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
4046 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
4047 containers is a privileged operation.
4048
4049 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
4050 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
4051 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
4052 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
4053 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4054 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
4055 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
4056 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
4057 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
4058 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
4059 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
4060 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4061
4062 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
4063
4064 CHANGES WITH 214:
4065
4066 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
4067 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
4068 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
4069 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
4070 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
4071 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
4072 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
4073 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
4074 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
4075 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
4076 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
4077 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
4078 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
4079 devices are excluded from this logic.
4080
4081 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
4082 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
4083 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
4084 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
4085 change has been released.
4086
4087 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
4088 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
4089 libattr is thus unnecessary.
4090
4091 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
4092 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
4093 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
4094 with fewer privileges.
4095
4096 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
4097 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
4098 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
4099 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
4100
4101 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
4102 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
4103
4104 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
4105 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
4106
4107 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
4108 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
4109 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
4110
4111 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
4112 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
4113 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
4114 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
4115 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
4116 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
4117
4118 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
4119 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
4120 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
4121
4122 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
4123 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
4124 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
4125 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
4126 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
4127 modifications of user data or system files from
4128 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
4129 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
4130
4131 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
4132 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
4133 and FIFOs in the file system.
4134
4135 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
4136 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
4137 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
4138
4139 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
4140 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
4141 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
4142 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
4143 the socket itself.
4144
4145 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
4146 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
4147 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
4148 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
4149 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
4150 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
4151 symlinks, and nothing else.
4152
4153 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
4154 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
4155 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
4156 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
4157 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
4158 process (for example, the parent process). The
4159 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
4160 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
4161 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
4162 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
4163 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
4164 messages to services when the originating process already
4165 vanished.
4166
4167 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
4168 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
4169 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
4170 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
4171 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
4172 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
4173 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
4174 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
4175 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
4176 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
4177 all long-running services.
4178
4179 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
4180 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
4181 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
4182 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
4183 service.
4184
4185 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
4186 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
4187 applied to all submounts, too.
4188
4189 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
4190
4191 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
4192 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
4193 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
4194 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
4195 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
4196 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
4197 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
4198
4199 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
4200 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
4201 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
4202 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
4203 (domU) domains.
4204
4205 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
4206 files or entire directories.
4207
4208 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
4209 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
4210 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
4211 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
4212 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
4213
4214 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
4215 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
4216 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
4217 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
4218 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
4219 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
4220 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
4221 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
4222 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
4223 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
4224 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
4225 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
4226
4227 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
4228 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
4229 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
4230 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
4231
4232 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
4233 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
4234 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
4235 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
4236 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
4237 non-directories.
4238
4239 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
4240 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
4241 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
4242
4243 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
4244 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
4245 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
4246 this group.
4247
4248 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
4249 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
4250 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
4251 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
4252 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4253 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
4254 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4255
4256 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
4257
4258 CHANGES WITH 213:
4259
4260 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
4261 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
4262 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
4263 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
4264 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
4265 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
4266 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
4267 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
4268 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
4269 client should be more than appropriate for most
4270 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
4271 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
4272 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
4273 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
4274 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
4275 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
4276 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
4277 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
4278 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
4279 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
4280 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
4281
4282 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
4283 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
4284 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
4285 part of a different namespace.
4286
4287 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
4288 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
4289 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
4290 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
4291
4292 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
4293 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
4294 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
4295
4296 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
4297 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
4298 when a service fails. This works similarly to
4299 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
4300 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
4301 restart the service in question.
4302
4303 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
4304 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
4305 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
4306 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
4307 details when running non-locally.
4308
4309 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
4310 graphs it generates.
4311
4312 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
4313 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
4314 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
4315 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
4316 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
4317
4318 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
4319
4320 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
4321 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
4322 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
4323 what it was on SysV systems.
4324
4325 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
4326 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
4327
4328 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
4329 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
4330 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
4331 files.
4332
4333 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
4334 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
4335 to show these addresses in its output.
4336
4337 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
4338 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
4339 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
4340 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
4341 preferred over a text one.
4342
4343 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
4344 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
4345 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
4346 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
4347 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
4348 mDNS cache.
4349
4350 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
4351 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
4352 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
4353 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
4354 of network configuration performed in some other way.
4355
4356 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
4357 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
4358 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
4359 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
4360 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
4361
4362 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
4363 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
4364 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
4365 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
4366 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
4367 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
4368 overrides any other settings.
4369
4370 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
4371 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4372 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
4373 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
4374 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
4375 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
4376 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
4377 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
4378 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4379 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4380 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
4381 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
4382 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
4383 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
4384 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
4385 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
4386 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4387
4388 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
4389
4390 CHANGES WITH 212:
4391
4392 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
4393 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
4394 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
4395 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
4396 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
4397 by accident.
4398
4399 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
4400 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
4401 registered with machined.
4402
4403 * sd-login gained new calls
4404 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
4405 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
4406 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
4407 counterparts.
4408
4409 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
4410 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
4411 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
4412 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
4413 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
4414 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
4415 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
4416 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
4417 once.
4418
4419 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
4420 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
4421 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
4422
4423 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
4424 units on all local containers, when used with the
4425 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
4426 executed when no parameters are specified).
4427
4428 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
4429 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
4430 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
4431 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
4432
4433 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
4434 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
4435 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
4436 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
4437 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
4438 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
4439
4440 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
4441 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
4442 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
4443 of the container.
4444
4445 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
4446 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
4447 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
4448 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
4449 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
4450 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
4451 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
4452 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
4453
4454 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
4455 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
4456 instead of /.
4457
4458 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
4459 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
4460 emergency messages now.
4461
4462 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
4463 journal log messages across the network.
4464
4465 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
4466 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
4467 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
4468 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
4469 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
4470 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
4471 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
4472
4473 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
4474 down a local OS container.
4475
4476 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
4477 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
4478 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
4479
4480 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
4481 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
4482 this is appropriate.
4483
4484 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
4485 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
4486 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
4487
4488 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
4489 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
4490 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
4491 for debugging purposes.
4492
4493 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
4494 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
4495 in seconds.
4496
4497 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
4498 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
4499 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
4500 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
4501 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
4502 like on traditional inetd.
4503
4504 * A new system.conf configuration option
4505 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
4506 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
4507
4508 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
4509 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
4510 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
4511 do these days).
4512
4513 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
4514 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
4515 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
4516 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
4517 could not take place because the system was powered off.
4518 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
4519
4520 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
4521 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
4522 it will be triggered.
4523
4524 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
4525 addresses to its local interfaces.
4526
4527 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
4528 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
4529 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
4530 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
4531 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
4532 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
4533 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
4534 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
4535 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4536
4537 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
4538
4539 CHANGES WITH 211:
4540
4541 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
4542 added to restrict which socket address families unit
4543 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
4544 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
4545 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
4546 is built on seccomp system call filters.
4547
4548 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
4549 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
4550 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
4551 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
4552 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
4553 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
4554 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
4555 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
4556 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
4557
4558 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
4559 matching against device group names.
4560
4561 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
4562 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
4563 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
4564 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
4565 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
4566 though.
4567
4568 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
4569 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
4570 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
4571 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
4572 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4573 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
4574 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
4575 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
4576 systems prepared appropriately.
4577
4578 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
4579 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
4580 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4581 (see above). This means that installations made with
4582 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
4583 deployed using container managers, completely
4584 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
4585 this feature soon, too.)
4586
4587 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
4588 set up a private macvlan interface for the
4589 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
4590 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
4591
4592 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
4593 using IPv4LL.
4594
4595 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
4596 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
4597 systemd-networkd.
4598
4599 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
4600 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
4601 still not a public API though (unless you specify
4602 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
4603 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
4604
4605 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
4606 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
4607 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4608 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
4609 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
4610 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
4611 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
4612 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
4613 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
4614 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
4615 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4616 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
4617 users.
4618
4619 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
4620 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
4621 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
4622 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
4623 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
4624 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
4625 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
4626 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
4627 due to a closed lid.
4628
4629 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
4630 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
4631 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
4632 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4633 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
4634 order to then act as suspend blocker.
4635
4636 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
4637 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
4638 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
4639 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
4640 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
4641
4642 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
4643 now also work in --scope mode.
4644
4645 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
4646 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
4647 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
4648 promises are made.)
4649
4650 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
4651 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4652 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
4653 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
4654 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
4655 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
4656 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
4657 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
4658 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
4659 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4660
4661 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
4662
4663 CHANGES WITH 210:
4664
4665 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
4666 according to SMACK rules.
4667
4668 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
4669 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
4670
4671 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
4672 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
4673 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
4674
4675 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
4676 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
4677 and machine ID.
4678
4679 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
4680 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
4681 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
4682 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
4683 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
4684 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
4685 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
4686 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
4687 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
4688 backpack or similar.
4689
4690 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
4691 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
4692 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
4693 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
4694 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
4695 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
4696 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
4697 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
4698 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
4699 this on its own.
4700
4701 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
4702 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
4703 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
4704 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
4705
4706 * We will now ship a default .network file for
4707 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
4708 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
4709 --network-bridge= switches.
4710
4711 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
4712 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
4713 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
4714 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
4715 metrics, according to what is customary according to
4716 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
4717 each configuration option.
4718
4719 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
4720 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
4721 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
4722 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
4723 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
4724
4725 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
4726 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
4727 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
4728 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
4729 triggered by other work being done in the program.
4730
4731 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
4732 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
4733 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
4734 default however.
4735
4736 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
4737 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
4738 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
4739 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
4740 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
4741 them with systemd-networkd.
4742
4743 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
4744 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
4745 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
4746 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
4747 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
4748 is drastically increased, but given that these are
4749 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
4750 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
4751 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
4752 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
4753 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
4754 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
4755 during a transitional period!
4756
4757 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
4758 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4759 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
4760 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
4761 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
4762 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
4763 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
4764 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4765
4766 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
4767
4768 CHANGES WITH 209:
4769
4770 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
4771 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
4772 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
4773 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4774 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
4775 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
4776 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4777 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
4778 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4779 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
4780 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
4781 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
4782
4783 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4784 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
4785 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
4786 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4787 machines and the like.
4788
4789 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
4790 shutdown/boot.
4791
4792 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
4793 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
4794
4795 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
4796 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4797 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
4798 prepared for additional security frameworks.
4799
4800 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
4801 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
4802 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4803 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
4804 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
4805 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
4806
4807 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
4808 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
4809 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
4810 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
4811 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
4812 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
4813 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
4814 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
4815 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
4816
4817 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4818 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
4819
4820 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
4821 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
4822 implementation.
4823
4824 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
4825 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
4826 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
4827 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
4828 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
4829 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
4830 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
4831 and .service units.
4832
4833 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
4834 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
4835 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
4836
4837 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
4838 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
4839 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
4840 nothing makes use of it.
4841
4842 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
4843 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
4844 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
4845
4846 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
4847 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
4848 compatibility purposes.
4849
4850 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
4851 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
4852 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
4853 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
4854 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
4855 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
4856 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
4857 process handling.
4858
4859 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
4860 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
4861 style to "sd-bus.h".
4862
4863 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
4864 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
4865 "systemd-networkd".
4866
4867 * There is a new kernel command line option
4868 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
4869 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
4870 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
4871 are not restored.
4872
4873 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
4874 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
4875 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
4876 PID1's support for that anymore.
4877
4878 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
4879 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
4880
4881 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
4882 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
4883 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
4884 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
4885 container that is registered with machined, such as those
4886 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
4887
4888 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
4889 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
4890 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
4891 onto remote systems.
4892
4893 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
4894 login in any local container. This works with any container
4895 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
4896 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
4897
4898 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
4899 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
4900 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
4901 system of some kind.
4902
4903 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
4904 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
4905 next.
4906
4907 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
4908 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
4909 reboot() system call.
4910
4911 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
4912 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
4913 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
4914 still available but not advertised anymore.
4915
4916 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
4917 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
4918 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
4919 within each Unit.
4920
4921 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
4922 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
4923 the kernel).
4924
4925 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
4926 timestamps (following the setting in
4927 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
4928
4929 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
4930 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
4931
4932 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
4933 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
4934
4935 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
4936 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
4937 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
4938
4939 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
4940 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
4941 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
4942 the full configuration is shown.
4943
4944 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
4945 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
4946 those commands which take multiple unit names.
4947
4948 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
4949
4950 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
4951 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
4952
4953 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
4954 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
4955 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
4956 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
4957
4958 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
4959 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
4960 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
4961 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
4962
4963 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
4964 of the legend text.
4965
4966 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
4967 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
4968 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
4969 remote sessions.
4970
4971 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
4972 information of SDIO devices.
4973
4974 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
4975 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
4976 the system manager.
4977
4978 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
4979 short description of the connection parameters in the
4980 description.
4981
4982 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
4983 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
4984 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
4985 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
4986 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
4987 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
4988 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
4989
4990 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
4991 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
4992 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
4993 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
4994 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
4995 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
4996 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
4997 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
4998 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
4999
5000 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
5001 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
5002 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
5003 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
5004 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
5005 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
5006 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
5007 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
5008 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
5009 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
5010 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
5011 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
5012 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
5013 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
5014 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
5015 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
5016 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
5017 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
5018 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
5019 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
5020 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
5021 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
5022 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
5023
5024 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
5025 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
5026 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
5027 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
5028 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
5029 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
5030 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
5031 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
5032 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
5033 that you are aware of the instability of the current
5034 APIs.
5035
5036 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
5037 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
5038 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
5039 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
5040 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
5041 declare the APIs stable.
5042
5043 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
5044 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
5045 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
5046 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
5047 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
5048 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
5049 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
5050 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
5051 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
5052 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
5053 one of them is updated.
5054
5055 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
5056 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
5057 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
5058 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
5059 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
5060
5061 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
5062 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
5063 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
5064 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
5065 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
5066 entry points.
5067
5068 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
5069 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
5070 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
5071 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
5072 been disabled at compile-time.
5073
5074 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
5075 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
5076 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
5077 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
5078
5079 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
5080 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
5081 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
5082
5083 * The sd_journald_sendv() API call has been checked and
5084 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
5085 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
5086
5087 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
5088 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
5089 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
5090
5091 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
5092 remains until jobs expire.
5093
5094 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
5095 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
5096 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
5097 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
5098 all remaining processes of the service.
5099
5100 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
5101 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
5102 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
5103 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
5104 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
5105 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
5106 manager process which created them takes no further
5107 responsibilities for it.
5108
5109 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
5110 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
5111 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
5112 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
5113 marked executable or world-writable.
5114
5115 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
5116 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
5117 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
5118 "--setenv=" for consistency.
5119
5120 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
5121 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
5122 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
5123 independent of the host.
5124
5125 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
5126 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
5127 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
5128 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
5129
5130 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
5131 with specific SELinux labels set.
5132
5133 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
5134 any additional output but the container's own console
5135 output.
5136
5137 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
5138 container without PID namespacing enabled.
5139
5140 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
5141 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
5142 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
5143 OS images, but only specific apps.
5144
5145 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
5146 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
5147 results in registration of the unit service itself in
5148 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
5149
5150 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
5151 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
5152 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
5153 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
5154 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
5155 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
5156
5157 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
5158 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
5159 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
5160 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
5161 units to use.
5162
5163 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
5164 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
5165 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
5166 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
5167
5168 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
5169 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
5170 context for a service.
5171
5172 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
5173 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
5174 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
5175 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
5176 influence this logic.
5177
5178 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
5179 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
5180 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
5181 other things.
5182
5183 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
5184 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
5185 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
5186 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
5187 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
5188 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
5189 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
5190 architectures). There is also a global
5191 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
5192 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
5193
5194 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
5195 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
5196
5197 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
5198 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
5199 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5200 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
5201 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
5202 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
5203 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
5204 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
5205 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
5206 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
5207 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
5208 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
5209 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5210 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
5211 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
5212 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
5213 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
5214 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
5215 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
5216 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
5217 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5218 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
5219 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
5220 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5221
5222 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
5223
5224 CHANGES WITH 208:
5225
5226 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
5227 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
5228 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
5229 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
5230 access input and drm devices which are normally
5231 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
5232 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
5233 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
5234 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
5235 session switching without allowing background sessions to
5236 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
5237 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
5238 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
5239
5240 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
5241 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
5242 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
5243
5244 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
5245 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
5246 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
5247 kernel version number.
5248
5249 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
5250 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
5251 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
5252
5253 * This release removes high-level support for the
5254 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
5255 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
5256 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
5257 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
5258
5259 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
5260 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
5261 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
5262 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
5263 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
5264 cgroup system.
5265
5266 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
5267 messages containing the slice a message was generated
5268 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
5269 logs among other things.
5270
5271 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
5272 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
5273 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
5274 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
5275 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
5276 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
5277 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
5278 journald which would be necessary to resolve
5279 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
5280 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
5281 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
5282 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
5283 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
5284 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
5285 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
5286 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
5287 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
5288 not delayed until next reboot.
5289
5290 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
5291 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
5292 systemd generated files in one directory.
5293
5294 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
5295 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
5296 performance information if that's available to determine how
5297 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
5298 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
5299 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
5300
5301 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
5302 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
5303 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
5304 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5305 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
5306 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
5307 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5308
5309 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
5310
5311 CHANGES WITH 207:
5312
5313 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
5314 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
5315 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
5316 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
5317
5318 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
5319 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
5320 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
5321 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
5322 specified on the kernel command line less important.
5323
5324 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
5325 retrieve the VT number of a session.
5326
5327 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
5328 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
5329 maximum number of tries.
5330
5331 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
5332 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
5333 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
5334
5335 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
5336 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
5337
5338 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
5339 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
5340 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
5341
5342 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
5343 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
5344 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
5345
5346 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
5347 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
5348 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
5349 and type).
5350
5351 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
5352 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
5353
5354 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
5355 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
5356 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
5357 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
5358
5359 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
5360 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
5361 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
5362 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
5363 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
5364 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
5365 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
5366 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
5367
5368 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
5369 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
5370 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
5371 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
5372
5373 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
5374 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
5375 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
5376 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
5377 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
5378 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
5379 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
5380
5381 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
5382 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
5383
5384 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
5385 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
5386 automatically after the process terminated.
5387
5388 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
5389 certain paths from operation.
5390
5391 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
5392 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
5393 is received.
5394
5395 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
5396 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
5397 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
5398 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
5399 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
5400 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
5401 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5402 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
5403 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
5404 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
5405 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5406 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
5407 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5408
5409 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
5410
5411 CHANGES WITH 206:
5412
5413 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
5414 concepts introduced with 205.
5415
5416 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
5417 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
5418 -r".
5419
5420 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
5421 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
5422 --state= parameter.
5423
5424 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
5425 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
5426 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
5427 the journal.
5428
5429 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
5430 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
5431 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
5432
5433 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
5434 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
5435 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
5436 browsing logs from that point on.
5437
5438 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
5439 of an FSS key.
5440
5441 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
5442 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
5443 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
5444 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
5445 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
5446 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
5447 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
5448 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
5449 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
5450 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
5451 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
5452 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
5453 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
5454 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
5455
5456 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
5457 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
5458 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
5459 backing module right-away.
5460
5461 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
5462 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
5463
5464 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
5465 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
5466
5467 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
5468 set of processes in the message metadata.
5469
5470 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
5471
5472 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
5473 support for passing performance data via environment
5474 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
5475 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
5476 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
5477 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
5478 deserialize it again.
5479
5480 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
5481 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
5482 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
5483 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
5484
5485 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
5486 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
5487 completely silent shutdown when used.
5488
5489 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
5490 option in .socket units.
5491
5492 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
5493 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
5494 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
5495 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
5496 system.slice as before.
5497
5498 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
5499
5500 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
5501 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
5502 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5503 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
5504 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
5505 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
5506 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5507
5508 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
5509
5510 CHANGES WITH 205:
5511
5512 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
5513
5514 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
5515 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
5516 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
5517 possible for system services and applications to group their
5518 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
5519 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
5520 together, or apply resource limits on them.
5521
5522 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
5523 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
5524 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
5525 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
5526 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
5527
5528 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
5529 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
5530 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
5531 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
5532
5533 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
5534 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
5535 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
5536 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
5537 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
5538 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
5539 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
5540 and useful as a general batch manager.
5541
5542 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
5543 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
5544 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
5545 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
5546 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
5547 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
5548 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
5549 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
5550 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
5551 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
5552
5553 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
5554 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
5555 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
5556 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
5557 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
5558 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
5559 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
5560 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
5561 is compile-time optional.
5562
5563 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
5564 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
5565 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
5566 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
5567 well as slice units.
5568
5569 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
5570 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
5571 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
5572 but will be extended later on to make more properties
5573 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
5574 command that wraps this call.
5575
5576 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
5577 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
5578 while configuring a number of settings via the command
5579 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
5580 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
5581 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
5582 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
5583
5584 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
5585 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
5586 off audit.
5587
5588 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
5589 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
5590
5591 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
5592 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
5593 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
5594 and system logs.
5595
5596 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
5597 snippets extending unit files.
5598
5599 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
5600 not available as public API.
5601
5602 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
5603 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
5604 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
5605
5606 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
5607 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
5608 controls what to boot into by default.
5609
5610 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
5611 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
5612
5613 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
5614 generators needed for execution, as well as information
5615 about the unit file loading.
5616
5617 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
5618 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
5619 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
5620 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
5621 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
5622 racy due to journal file rotation.
5623
5624 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
5625 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
5626 all services.
5627
5628 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
5629 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
5630 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
5631 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
5632 system services want to log events about specific client
5633 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
5634 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
5635 unit is requested.
5636
5637 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
5638 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
5639 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
5640 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
5641 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
5642 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5643 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
5644 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
5645 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
5646 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
5647 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5648 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
5649 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
5650
5651 CHANGES WITH 204:
5652
5653 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
5654 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
5655
5656 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
5657 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
5658 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
5659
5660 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
5661 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5662
5663 CHANGES WITH 203:
5664
5665 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
5666 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
5667
5668 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
5669 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
5670 fields, including the root directory.
5671
5672 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
5673 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
5674 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
5675 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
5676 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
5677 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
5678 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
5679 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
5680 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
5681 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
5682 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
5683
5684 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
5685 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
5686
5687 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
5688 have taken an inhibitor lock.
5689
5690 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
5691 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
5692 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
5693 the local hostname.
5694
5695 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
5696 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
5697 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
5698 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
5699 VMs/containers coming and going.
5700
5701 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
5702 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
5703 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
5704
5705 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
5706 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
5707 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
5708 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
5709
5710 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
5711 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
5712 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
5713
5714 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
5715 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
5716 services. With the container's root directory in
5717 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
5718 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
5719
5720 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
5721 the processes within a certain container.
5722
5723 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
5724 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
5725 check though. Patches welcome!
5726
5727 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
5728 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
5729 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
5730 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
5731 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
5732
5733 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
5734 the passed argument if applicable.
5735
5736 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5737 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
5738 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
5739 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
5740 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
5741 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
5742 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
5743 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5744
5745 CHANGES WITH 202:
5746
5747 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
5748 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
5749 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
5750 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
5751 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
5752 units activate.
5753
5754 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
5755 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
5756 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
5757 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
5758 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
5759 for now, and not installable.
5760
5761 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
5762 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
5763 can run in conjunction with udev.
5764
5765 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
5766 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
5767 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
5768 session manager.
5769
5770 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
5771 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
5772 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
5773 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
5774 services, user processes and containers/virtual
5775 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
5776 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
5777 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
5778 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
5779 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
5780 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
5781
5782 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
5783
5784 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
5785 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
5786 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
5787 logical expressions.
5788
5789 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
5790 switches.
5791
5792 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
5793 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
5794 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
5795 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
5796 the user.
5797
5798 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
5799 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
5800 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
5801 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
5802 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
5803 an entry.
5804
5805 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
5806 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5807 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
5808 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
5809 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
5810 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5811
5812 CHANGES WITH 201:
5813
5814 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
5815 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
5816 directory.
5817
5818 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
5819 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
5820 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
5821 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
5822 problem.
5823
5824 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
5825 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
5826 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
5827 before the key file is attempted to be read.
5828
5829 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
5830 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
5831
5832 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
5833 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
5834 files in this context are files such as
5835 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
5836
5837 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
5838 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
5839 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
5840 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
5841 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
5842 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
5843
5844 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
5845 hostnames.
5846
5847 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
5848 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
5849 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
5850 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
5851 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
5852 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
5853 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
5854 all time-related output of systemd.
5855
5856 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
5857 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
5858 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
5859 loops.
5860
5861 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
5862 (models, layouts, variants, options).
5863
5864 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
5865 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
5866 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
5867 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
5868 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
5869
5870 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
5871 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
5872 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
5873 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
5874 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
5875 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
5876 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
5877
5878 CHANGES WITH 200:
5879
5880 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
5881 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
5882 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
5883 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
5884 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
5885 middle ground between physical and access time order.
5886
5887 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
5888 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
5889 images.
5890
5891 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
5892 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
5893 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5894
5895 CHANGES WITH 199:
5896
5897 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
5898
5899 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
5900 security policy.
5901
5902 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5903 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
5904 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
5905 shared by all processes of a service (which means
5906 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
5907 the same service can still access). When a service is
5908 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
5909 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
5910 this though).
5911
5912 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
5913 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
5914 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
5915 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
5916 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
5917 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
5918
5919 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
5920 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
5921
5922 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
5923 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
5924
5925 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
5926
5927 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
5928 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
5929 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
5930 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
5931 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
5932
5933 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
5934 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
5935 system is to be mounted.
5936
5937 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
5938 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
5939 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
5940 purpose for socket units.
5941
5942 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
5943 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
5944
5945 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
5946 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
5947 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
5948 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
5949 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
5950
5951 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
5952 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
5953 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5954 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5955 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
5956 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
5957 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5958 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5959 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5960
5961 CHANGES WITH 198:
5962
5963 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
5964 files without having to edit/override the unit files
5965 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
5966 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
5967 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
5968 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
5969 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
5970 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
5971 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
5972 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
5973 unit files locally: copying the files from
5974 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
5975 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
5976 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
5977 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
5978 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
5979 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
5980 for them too.
5981
5982 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
5983 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
5984 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
5985 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
5986 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
5987 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
5988 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
5989 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
5990 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
5991
5992 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
5993 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
5994
5995 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
5996 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
5997 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
5998 other users.
5999
6000 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
6001 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
6002 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
6003 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
6004 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
6005 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
6006 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
6007 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
6008 management logic is also available to other programs via the
6009 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
6010 supported.
6011
6012 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
6013 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
6014 the foreground VT.
6015
6016 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
6017 call.
6018
6019 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
6020 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
6021 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
6022 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
6023 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
6024 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
6025 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
6026 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
6027 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
6028 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
6029 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
6030 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
6031 also been removed.
6032
6033 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
6034 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
6035 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
6036 objects themselves.
6037
6038 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
6039
6040 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
6041 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
6042 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
6043 to how this is supported in shells.
6044
6045 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
6046 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
6047 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
6048 user systemd instance.
6049
6050 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
6051 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
6052 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
6053 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
6054 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
6055 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
6056 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
6057 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
6058 one day for good in the kernel.
6059
6060 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
6061 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
6062 container.
6063
6064 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
6065 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
6066 the host into the container.
6067
6068 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
6069 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
6070 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
6071 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
6072 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
6073 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
6074
6075 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
6076
6077 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
6078 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
6079 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
6080 configured to be mounted there.
6081
6082 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
6083 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
6084 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
6085 system resume events.
6086
6087 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
6088 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
6089 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
6090 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
6091
6092 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
6093 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
6094 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
6095 card).
6096
6097 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
6098 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
6099 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
6100
6101 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
6102 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
6103 later "change" event.
6104
6105 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
6106 now carry a message ID.
6107
6108 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
6109 continues to be work in progress.
6110
6111 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
6112 root directory to operate relative to.
6113
6114 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
6115 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
6116 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
6117 times a little.
6118
6119 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
6120 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
6121 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
6122 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
6123 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
6124 request boot into firmware operations.
6125
6126 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
6127 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
6128 correctly in initrds.
6129
6130 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
6131 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
6132
6133 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
6134 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
6135
6136 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
6137 the status of all active or failed units.
6138
6139 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
6140 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
6141 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
6142 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
6143 requests more robust.
6144
6145 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
6146 reading journal files.
6147
6148 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
6149 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
6150
6151 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
6152
6153 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
6154 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
6155
6156 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
6157 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
6158 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
6159 socket activation in daemons.
6160
6161 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
6162 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
6163
6164 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
6165 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
6166 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
6167
6168 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
6169 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
6170 system units.
6171
6172 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
6173 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
6174 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
6175
6176 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
6177 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
6178 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
6179 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
6180 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
6181 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
6182 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
6183 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
6184 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
6185 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
6186 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
6187 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
6188 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
6189 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
6190 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
6191 package installation time.
6192
6193 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
6194 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
6195 scripts need to create these system user/group at
6196 installation time.
6197
6198 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
6199 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
6200
6201 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
6202
6203 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
6204 available.
6205
6206 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
6207 load SMACK policies at early boot.
6208
6209 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
6210 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
6211 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
6212 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
6213 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6214 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
6215 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
6216 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
6217 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
6218 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
6219 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
6220 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
6221 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
6222 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
6223
6224 CHANGES WITH 197:
6225
6226 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
6227 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
6228 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
6229 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
6230 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
6231 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
6232 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
6233 the supported calendar time specification language see
6234 systemd.time(7).
6235
6236 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
6237 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
6238 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
6239 document for details:
6240
6241 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
6242
6243 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
6244 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
6245 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
6246 implementations around and minimal in its code and
6247 dependencies.
6248
6249 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
6250 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
6251 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
6252 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
6253 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
6254 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
6255 with a configure switch.
6256
6257 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
6258 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
6259 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
6260 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
6261 such as ext4.
6262
6263 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
6264 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
6265 identities are attached to the devices as well.
6266
6267 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
6268 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
6269
6270 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
6271 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
6272 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
6273 using only core OS tools.
6274
6275 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
6276 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
6277 implementation of socket activated nspawn
6278 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
6279 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
6280 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
6281 eventually.
6282
6283 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
6284 presenting log data.
6285
6286 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
6287 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
6288
6289 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
6290 system on idle.
6291
6292 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
6293 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
6294 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
6295 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
6296 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
6297 information if possible.
6298
6299 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
6300 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
6301 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
6302
6303 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
6304 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
6305 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
6306 is running on battery power.
6307
6308 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
6309 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
6310 is in the "failed" state.
6311
6312 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
6313 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
6314 environment files at once.
6315
6316 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
6317 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
6318 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
6319 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
6320 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
6321 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
6322 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
6323 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
6324 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
6325 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
6326 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
6327 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
6328 pieces of code locally from the git history.
6329
6330 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
6331 log the unit name in the message meta data.
6332
6333 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
6334 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
6335
6336 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
6337 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
6338 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
6339 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
6340 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
6341 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
6342 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
6343 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
6344 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
6345 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
6346 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
6347 shipped from us upstream.
6348
6349 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
6350 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
6351 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
6352 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
6353 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6354 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
6355 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
6356 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
6357 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
6358 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
6359 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
6360 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
6361 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6362
6363 CHANGES WITH 196:
6364
6365 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
6366 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
6367 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
6368 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
6369 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
6370 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
6371 becoming the one central database for non-essential
6372 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
6373 database was only attached to select devices, since the
6374 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
6375 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
6376 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
6377 data for all devices where this is available, by
6378 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
6379 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
6380 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
6381 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
6382 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
6383 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
6384
6385 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
6386 indexed database to link up additional information with
6387 journal entries. For further details please check:
6388
6389 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
6390
6391 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
6392 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
6393 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
6394 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
6395 macro for this purpose.
6396
6397 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
6398 Python logging framework.
6399
6400 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
6401 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
6402 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
6403 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
6404 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
6405 time intervals.
6406
6407 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
6408 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
6409 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
6410
6411 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
6412 right-away on the selected coredump.
6413
6414 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
6415 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
6416 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
6417
6418 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
6419 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
6420 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
6421 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
6422
6423 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
6424 default.
6425
6426 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
6427 SMACK security label.
6428
6429 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
6430 daylight saving change.
6431
6432 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
6433 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
6434 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
6435 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
6436 distributions who still need support this to either continue
6437 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
6438 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
6439
6440 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
6441 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
6442 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
6443 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
6444 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
6445 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
6446 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
6447 PolicyKit is not around.
6448
6449 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
6450 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
6451
6452 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
6453 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
6454 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
6455 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
6456 offline updating tools.
6457
6458 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
6459 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
6460 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
6461 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
6462 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
6463 directories for packages to place various data files in.
6464
6465 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
6466 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
6467
6468 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
6469 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6470 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
6471 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6472 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
6473 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
6474 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
6475 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
6476 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6477
6478 CHANGES WITH 195:
6479
6480 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
6481 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
6482 units via --unit=/-u.
6483
6484 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
6485 right thing.
6486
6487 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
6488 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
6489 rotation.
6490
6491 * The journal will now index the available field values for
6492 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
6493 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
6494 completion of journalctl has been updated
6495 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
6496 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
6497
6498 * More service events are now written as structured messages
6499 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
6500
6501 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
6502 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
6503 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
6504 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
6505 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
6506 these settings from the command line now, especially since
6507 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
6508 completion.
6509
6510 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
6511 extract coredumps from the journal.
6512
6513 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
6514 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
6515 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
6516 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
6517 scratch their heads.
6518
6519 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
6520 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
6521
6522 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
6523 in immediate termination of systemd.
6524
6525 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
6526 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
6527
6528 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
6529 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
6530 mouse screen support has been added.
6531
6532 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
6533 Server-Sent-Events as output.
6534
6535 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
6536 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
6537 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
6538 "systemctl reload".
6539
6540 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
6541 -u" instead.
6542
6543 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
6544 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
6545 configured.
6546
6547 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
6548 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
6549
6550 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
6551 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
6552 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
6553 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
6554 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
6555 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
6556 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
6557
6558 CHANGES WITH 194:
6559
6560 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
6561 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
6562 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
6563 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
6564 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
6565 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
6566 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
6567 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
6568 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
6569 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
6570 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
6571 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
6572
6573 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
6574 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
6575 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6576
6577 CHANGES WITH 193:
6578
6579 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
6580 starting from the specified location in the journal.
6581
6582 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
6583 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
6584 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
6585
6586 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
6587 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
6588 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
6589 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
6590 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
6591 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
6592 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
6593
6594 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
6595 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
6596
6597 This will download the journal contents in a
6598 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
6599
6600 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
6601
6602 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
6603 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
6604 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
6605 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
6606 screenshot of this app in its current state:
6607
6608 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
6609
6610 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
6611 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
6612
6613 CHANGES WITH 192:
6614
6615 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
6616 too.
6617
6618 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
6619 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
6620 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
6621 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
6622 just start them.
6623
6624 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
6625 and line break accordingly.
6626
6627 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6628 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
6629
6630 CHANGES WITH 191:
6631
6632 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
6633 container environment, copying the host's timezone
6634 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
6635 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
6636 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
6637
6638 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
6639 will default to 10 if omitted.
6640
6641 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
6642 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
6643 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
6644 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6645 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
6646
6647 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
6648 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
6649 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
6650 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
6651 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
6652 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6653 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
6654
6655 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
6656 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6657 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
6658 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
6659 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
6660 into two.
6661
6662 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
6663 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
6664
6665 CHANGES WITH 190:
6666
6667 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
6668 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
6669 "systemctl status".
6670
6671 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
6672 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
6673 system to another place in the same file system could not be
6674 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
6675 field.)
6676
6677 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
6678 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
6679 default.
6680
6681 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
6682 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
6683 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
6684 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
6685 in a container.
6686
6687 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
6688 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
6689 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
6690 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
6691 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
6692 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
6693
6694 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
6695 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
6696 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
6697 no-op.
6698
6699 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
6700 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
6701 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
6702 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
6703 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
6704
6705 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
6706 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
6707
6708 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
6709 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
6710 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
6711 command.
6712
6713 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
6714 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
6715 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
6716
6717 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
6718
6719 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
6720 multiple files at once.
6721
6722 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
6723 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
6724 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
6725 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
6726 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
6727 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
6728 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
6729
6730 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
6731 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
6732 now support specifiers as well.
6733
6734 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
6735 dir: %_presetdir.
6736
6737 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
6738 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
6739
6740 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
6741 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
6742 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
6743 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
6744 anymore.
6745
6746 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
6747 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
6748 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
6749 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
6750
6751 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
6752 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
6753 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
6754
6755 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
6756 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
6757 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
6758 sockets.
6759
6760 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
6761 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
6762 is changed.
6763
6764 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
6765 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
6766 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
6767 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
6768 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
6769 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
6770 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
6771
6772 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
6773
6774 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
6775 the unit file label and client process label into account.
6776
6777 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
6778 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
6779
6780 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
6781 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
6782 (%b).
6783
6784 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
6785 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
6786 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6787 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6788 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
6789 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6790 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6791
6792 CHANGES WITH 189:
6793
6794 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
6795 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
6796
6797 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
6798 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
6799 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
6800 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
6801 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
6802 syslog daemons again.
6803
6804 * The libudev API gained the new
6805 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
6806
6807 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
6808 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
6809 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
6810 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
6811
6812 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
6813 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
6814 container.
6815
6816 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
6817 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
6818 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
6819 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
6820 this explaining it in more detail.
6821
6822 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
6823 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
6824 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
6825 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
6826
6827 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
6828 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
6829 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
6830 journal files.
6831
6832 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
6833 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
6834 as container init process a lot more fun.
6835
6836 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
6837 entries.
6838
6839 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
6840 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
6841 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
6842 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
6843 different sets of services.
6844
6845 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
6846 failure state.
6847
6848 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
6849 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
6850 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6851
6852 CHANGES WITH 188:
6853
6854 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
6855 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
6856 tree a lot more organized.
6857
6858 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
6859 may be used to group services in a natural way.
6860
6861 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
6862 services.
6863
6864 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
6865 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
6866 filtering by log level now.
6867
6868 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
6869 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
6870 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
6871
6872 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
6873 command lines involving service unit names.
6874
6875 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
6876 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
6877
6878 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
6879 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
6880 and encodes structured information about the error number.
6881
6882 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
6883 option.
6884
6885 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
6886 a shutdown is cancelled.
6887
6888 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
6889 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
6890 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
6891 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
6892 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
6893
6894 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
6895 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
6896 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
6897 for display managers instead.
6898
6899 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
6900 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
6901 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
6902 protection, and suchlike.
6903
6904 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
6905 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
6906 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
6907 the service.
6908
6909 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
6910 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
6911 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
6912 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
6913 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
6914 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6915
6916 CHANGES WITH 187:
6917
6918 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
6919 pages.
6920
6921 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
6922 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
6923 data loss.
6924
6925 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
6926 option.
6927
6928 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
6929
6930 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
6931 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
6932
6933 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
6934 specific directory.
6935
6936 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
6937 messages of two different boots.
6938
6939 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
6940 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
6941 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
6942
6943 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
6944 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
6945 disjunctions.
6946
6947 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
6948 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
6949 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
6950
6951 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
6952 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
6953 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
6954
6955 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
6956 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
6957 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
6958 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
6959 speed things up a bit.
6960
6961 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
6962 header data of journal files.
6963
6964 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
6965 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
6966 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
6967
6968 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
6969 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
6970 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
6971 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
6972
6973 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
6974
6975 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
6976 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
6977 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
6978 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6979
6980 CHANGES WITH 186:
6981
6982 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
6983 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
6984 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
6985 prefixed with rd.
6986
6987 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
6988 automatically generated at boot. Use:
6989
6990 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
6991
6992 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
6993
6994 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
6995
6996 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
6997 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
6998 as well.
6999
7000 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
7001 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
7002 in all appropriate directories automatically.
7003
7004 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
7005 does the right thing. Example:
7006
7007 udevadm info /dev/sda
7008 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
7009
7010 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
7011 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
7012 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
7013 running.
7014
7015 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
7016 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
7017
7018 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
7019 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
7020
7021 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
7022 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
7023 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
7024 files.
7025
7026 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
7027 be stopped that is not loaded.
7028
7029 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
7030
7031 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
7032
7033 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
7034 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
7035 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
7036 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
7037
7038 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
7039 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
7040 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
7041 completed initialization.
7042
7043 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
7044
7045 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
7046 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
7047 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
7048 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
7049 distributions.
7050
7051 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
7052 always valid when services log to the journal via
7053 STDOUT/STDERR.
7054
7055 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
7056 command line options we understand.
7057
7058 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
7059 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
7060
7061 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
7062 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
7063
7064 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
7065 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
7066 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
7067 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
7068
7069 systemctl status /home
7070 systemctl status /dev/sda
7071
7072 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
7073 system.conf parsing.
7074
7075 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
7076 Manager object.
7077
7078 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
7079
7080 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
7081
7082 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
7083 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
7084 complete.
7085
7086 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
7087 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
7088 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
7089 systemd-fsck@.service.
7090
7091 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
7092 Manager object.
7093
7094 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
7095 work sensibly.
7096
7097 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
7098 we actually understand.
7099
7100 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
7101 additional capabilities to the container.
7102
7103 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
7104 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
7105 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
7106
7107 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
7108 the current boot only.
7109
7110 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
7111 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
7112
7113 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
7114 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
7115 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
7116 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
7117 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
7118
7119 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
7120
7121 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
7122 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7123 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
7124 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
7125
7126 CHANGES WITH 185:
7127
7128 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
7129 available.
7130
7131 * Several new man pages have been added.
7132
7133 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
7134 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
7135 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
7136 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
7137
7138 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
7139 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
7140
7141 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
7142 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
7143 Matthias Clasen
7144
7145 CHANGES WITH 184:
7146
7147 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
7148 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
7149
7150 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
7151 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
7152 daemon.
7153
7154 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
7155 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
7156
7157 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
7158 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
7159 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
7160 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
7161
7162 CHANGES WITH 183:
7163
7164 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
7165 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
7166 and systemd's most recent version number.
7167
7168 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
7169 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
7170 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
7171 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
7172 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
7173 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
7174
7175 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
7176 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
7177 subsystems.
7178
7179 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
7180 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
7181 used to subscribe to events.
7182
7183 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
7184 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
7185 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
7186 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
7187 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
7188 forked by udev rules.
7189
7190 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
7191 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
7192 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
7193 it.
7194
7195 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
7196 udev_monitor_from_socket()
7197 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
7198 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
7199 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
7200
7201 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
7202 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
7203
7204 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
7205 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
7206 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
7207 the files to the new names on upgrade.
7208
7209 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
7210 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
7211 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
7212 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
7213 to be used as drop-in files.
7214
7215 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
7216 particular suspending and hibernating.
7217
7218 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
7219 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
7220 about this in more detail.
7221
7222 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
7223 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
7224 places). Distributions which have not converted these
7225 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
7226 from git history and add them downstream.
7227
7228 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
7229 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
7230 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
7231 units.
7232
7233 * All smaller setup units (such as
7234 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
7235 are run in a container and are skipped when
7236 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
7237 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
7238
7239 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
7240 integrated, for details see:
7241 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
7242
7243 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
7244 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
7245 messages.
7246
7247 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
7248 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
7249 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
7250 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
7251 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
7252
7253 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
7254 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
7255 for all units started by PID 1.
7256
7257 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
7258 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
7259 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
7260
7261 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
7262 of PID 1 anymore.
7263
7264 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
7265 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
7266 have not been read by systemd yet.
7267
7268 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
7269 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
7270 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
7271 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
7272 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
7273 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
7274
7275 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
7276 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
7277
7278 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
7279
7280 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
7281 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
7282 so sexy.
7283
7284 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
7285 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
7286 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
7287 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
7288 patterns.
7289
7290 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
7291 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
7292 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
7293 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
7294
7295 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
7296 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
7297
7298 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
7299 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
7300 in systemd now.
7301
7302 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
7303 ID on the command line.
7304
7305 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
7306 for an init system.
7307
7308 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
7309 vt100.
7310
7311 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
7312
7313 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
7314 components now have directories of their own.
7315
7316 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
7317
7318 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
7319 container in other hierarchies.
7320
7321 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
7322 system.conf.
7323
7324 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
7325
7326 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
7327 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
7328
7329 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
7330 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
7331
7332 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
7333 locally generated journal files.
7334
7335 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
7336
7337 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
7338
7339 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
7340 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
7341 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
7342 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
7343 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
7344 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
7345 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7346 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
7347 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7348 Gundersen
7349
7350 CHANGES WITH 44:
7351
7352 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7353
7354 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
7355 KVM or container configured UUID.
7356
7357 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
7358
7359 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
7360
7361 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
7362 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
7363
7364 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
7365
7366 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
7367 folks
7368
7369 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
7370 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
7371 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
7372
7373 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
7374 configuration
7375
7376 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
7377 free fashion
7378
7379 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
7380 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
7381 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
7382 automatically generated data.
7383
7384 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
7385 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
7386 however.
7387
7388 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
7389 tarball.
7390
7391 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
7392 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
7393 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
7394 Reding
7395
7396 CHANGES WITH 43:
7397
7398 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7399
7400 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
7401
7402 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
7403
7404 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
7405 normal user logins.
7406
7407 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
7408 Biebl
7409
7410 CHANGES WITH 42:
7411
7412 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
7413
7414 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
7415 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
7416 xsltproc.
7417
7418 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
7419 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
7420 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
7421
7422 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
7423 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
7424 reboot can automatically be triggered.
7425
7426 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
7427
7428 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
7429 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7430 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
7431
7432 CHANGES WITH 41:
7433
7434 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
7435 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
7436 package update.
7437
7438 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
7439 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
7440 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
7441
7442 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
7443 complete.
7444
7445 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
7446 understood to set system wide environment variables
7447 dynamically at boot.
7448
7449 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
7450
7451 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
7452 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
7453 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
7454 files.
7455
7456 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7457 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
7458 William Douglas
7459
7460 CHANGES WITH 40:
7461
7462 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7463
7464 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
7465 "Result" D-Bus property.
7466
7467 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
7468 the next few releases.)
7469
7470 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
7471 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
7472 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
7473 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
7474
7475 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
7476 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
7477 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
7478
7479 CHANGES WITH 39:
7480
7481 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7482 bugfixes.
7483
7484 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
7485 resource usage.
7486
7487 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
7488 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
7489 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
7490 journals by the respective users.
7491
7492 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
7493 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
7494 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
7495
7496 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
7497 client for all entries.
7498
7499 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
7500
7501 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
7502 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
7503
7504 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
7505 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
7506 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
7507 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
7508
7509 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
7510 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
7511 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
7512
7513 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
7514 journal along with meta data.
7515
7516 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
7517 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
7518 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
7519
7520 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
7521 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
7522 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
7523
7524 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
7525
7526 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
7527 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
7528 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
7529 or fsck.
7530
7531 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
7532 requested with new -k switch.
7533
7534 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7535 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
7536
7537 CHANGES WITH 38:
7538
7539 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7540 bugfixes.
7541
7542 * The git repository moved to:
7543 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
7544 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
7545
7546 * First release with the journal
7547 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
7548
7549 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
7550 systemd-stdout-bridge.
7551
7552 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
7553
7554 * Many systemadm clean-ups
7555
7556 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
7557 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
7558 remote mounts.
7559
7560 * Added Mageia support
7561
7562 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
7563
7564 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
7565 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
7566 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
7567 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
7568 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
7569
7570 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
7571 of existing distributions.
7572
7573 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
7574 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
7575
7576 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
7577 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
7578 boot.
7579
7580 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
7581
7582 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
7583 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
7584 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
7585 among other things.
7586
7587 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
7588 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
7589
7590 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
7591
7592 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
7593 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
7594 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
7595
7596 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
7597 restored.
7598
7599 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
7600 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
7601 kmod
7602
7603 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
7604 of /usr/local by default.
7605
7606 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
7607 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
7608 in:
7609 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
7610
7611 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
7612 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
7613 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
7614 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
7615 supported anyway, and bad style).
7616
7617 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
7618 reloading of units together.
7619
7620 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
7621 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
7622 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7623 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
7624 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek